fix typo in configure instructions
[sqlcipher.git] / src / pager.c
blobc484502ca1370b7f9d49f9a929314897655a6128
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 ** May you do good and not evil.
8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 ** synced.
43 **
44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 ** following are true:
51 **
52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 ** number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 ** transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a super-journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 ** are synced prior to the super-journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 ** invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 ** database to flush their caches.
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 ** than one billion transactions.
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 ** of every transaction.
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 ** the database file.
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 ** content out of the database file.
110 ******************************************************************************/
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
139 ** OPEN <------+------+
140 ** | | |
141 ** V | |
142 ** +---------> READER-------+ |
143 ** | | |
144 ** | V |
145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 ** | | ^
147 ** | V |
148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 ** | | |
150 ** | V |
151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 ** | | |
153 ** | V |
154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal]
164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal]
165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction]
168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error]
169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
172 ** OPEN:
174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written.
178 ** * No read or write transaction is active.
179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
182 ** READER:
184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 ** open. The database size is known in this state.
189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below).
197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 ** may not be trusted at this point.
202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
206 ** WRITER_LOCKED:
208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 ** file.
220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
224 ** * A write transaction is active.
225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 ** lock is held on the database file.
227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 ** called).
230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD:
237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
242 ** * A write transaction is active.
243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
248 ** WRITER_DBMOD:
250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 ** just the log file).
255 ** * A write transaction is active.
256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 ** and synced to disk.
259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 ** written to disk).
262 ** WRITER_FINISHED:
264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
273 ** * A write transaction is active.
274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 ** to rollback the transaction.
280 ** ERROR:
282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 ** cannot.
290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 ** instead of READER following such an error.
299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 ** from the error.
309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback().
314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 ** memory.
321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 ** state.
332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
338 ** Notes:
340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 ** of the first four states.
344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state().
351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0
352 #define PAGER_READER 1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
412 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
413 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
414 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
415 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
416 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
417 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
418 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
419 #else
420 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */
421 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
422 #endif
423 /* END SQLCIPHER */
426 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
427 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
428 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
429 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
431 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
435 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
436 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
437 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
438 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
440 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
441 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
442 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
443 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
444 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
445 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
447 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
448 struct PagerSavepoint {
449 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */
450 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */
451 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
452 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */
453 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
454 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
455 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */
456 #endif
460 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below.
462 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */
463 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
464 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
467 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
468 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
470 ** eState
472 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
473 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state.
475 ** eLock
477 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
478 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
480 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
481 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
482 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
483 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
484 ** need (and no reason to release them).
486 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
487 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
488 ** details.
490 ** changeCountDone
492 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
493 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
494 ** not updated more often than necessary.
496 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
497 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
498 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
499 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
500 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
501 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
503 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
504 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
505 ** committed.
507 ** setSuper
509 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
510 ** (or may not) specify a super-journal name to be written into the
511 ** journal file before it is synced to disk.
513 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a super-journal pointer affects
514 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
515 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
516 ** If a journal file does not contain a super-journal pointer, it is
517 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
518 ** it does contain a super-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
519 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
520 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
522 ** Journal files that contain super-journal pointers cannot be finalized
523 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
524 ** super-journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
525 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
527 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
528 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
529 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setSuper flag
530 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
532 ** doNotSpill
534 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by
535 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
536 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory).
538 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
539 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
540 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
541 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
542 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
543 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF
544 ** case is a user preference.
546 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
547 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
548 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
549 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
550 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
552 ** subjInMemory
554 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
555 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
556 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
558 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
559 ** write-transaction is opened.
561 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
563 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
564 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
565 ** OPEN and ERROR).
567 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
568 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
569 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
570 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
571 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
572 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
573 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
574 ** to dbSize==1).
576 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
577 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
578 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
579 ** dbSize is updated.
581 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
582 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
583 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
584 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
585 ** being modified.
587 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
588 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
589 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
590 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk.
592 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
593 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
594 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
595 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
596 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
597 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
598 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
599 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
600 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
601 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
603 ** dbHintSize
605 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
606 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
608 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
609 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
610 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
611 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
612 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
613 ** details.
615 ** errCode
617 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
618 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
619 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
620 ** sub-codes.
622 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
624 ** syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
625 ** syncFlags is used for rollback mode. walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
626 ** and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
627 ** lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
628 ** file in bits 0x04 and 0x08. In other words, to get the correct sync flags
629 ** for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
630 ** sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03). Note
631 ** that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
632 ** meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
634 struct Pager {
635 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */
636 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
637 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
638 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
639 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */
640 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
641 u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */
642 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
643 u8 walSyncFlags; /* See description above */
644 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
645 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
646 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */
647 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
649 /**************************************************************************
650 ** The following block contains those class members that change during
651 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed
652 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
653 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
654 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe
655 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
656 ** "configuration" of the pager.
658 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
659 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */
660 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
661 u8 setSuper; /* Super-jrnl name is written into jrnl */
662 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
663 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
664 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */
665 u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
666 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */
667 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */
668 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */
669 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
670 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */
671 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
672 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
673 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
674 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */
675 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */
676 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */
677 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
678 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */
679 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
680 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
681 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
682 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
683 u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */
684 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */
686 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
687 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */
688 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
690 ** End of the routinely-changing class members
691 ***************************************************************************/
693 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
694 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
695 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
696 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
697 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */
698 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
699 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
700 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */
701 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */
702 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
703 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
704 int aStat[4]; /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */
705 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
706 int nRead; /* Database pages read */
707 #endif
708 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
709 int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
710 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
711 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
712 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
713 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
714 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */
715 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
716 #endif
717 /* END SQLCIPHER */
718 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
719 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */
720 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
721 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
722 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */
723 #endif
727 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
728 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
729 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
731 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0
732 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1
733 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
734 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3
737 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
738 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in
739 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe.
741 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
742 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */
743 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */
744 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */
745 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++
746 #else
747 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
748 #endif
753 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data
754 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check.
756 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
757 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being
758 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
759 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made
760 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional
761 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
762 ** journal and ignore it.
764 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
765 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both
766 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
767 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
768 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important,
769 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
770 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the
771 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
772 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which
773 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
775 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
776 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
780 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
781 ** the following macro.
783 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
786 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
787 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
789 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
792 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
793 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
794 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
795 ** out code that would never execute.
797 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
798 # define MEMDB 0
799 #else
800 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
801 #endif
804 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
805 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
807 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
808 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
809 #else
810 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
811 #endif
814 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
815 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
817 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
819 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
821 ** instead of
823 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
825 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
827 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
829 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file
830 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if:
832 ** * the database file is open,
833 ** * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and
834 ** * the desired page is not currently in the wal file.
836 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
837 if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0;
838 if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0;
839 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
840 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
841 if( pPager->xCodec!=0 ) return 0;
842 #endif
843 /* END SQLCIPHER */
844 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
845 if( pPager->pWal ){
846 u32 iRead = 0;
847 int rc;
848 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
849 return (rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead==0);
851 #endif
852 return 1;
854 #endif
856 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
857 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
858 #else
859 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
860 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
861 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
862 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
863 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
864 #endif
866 #ifndef NDEBUG
868 ** Usage:
870 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
872 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
873 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
875 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
876 Pager *pPager = p;
878 /* State must be valid. */
879 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
880 || p->eState==PAGER_READER
881 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
882 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
883 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
884 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
885 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
888 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
889 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
890 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
892 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
893 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
895 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
896 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
898 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
899 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
901 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
902 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
903 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
904 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
905 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
906 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
907 ** state.
909 if( MEMDB ){
910 assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
911 assert( p->noSync );
912 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
913 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
915 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
916 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
919 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
920 ** on the file.
922 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
923 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
925 switch( p->eState ){
926 case PAGER_OPEN:
927 assert( !MEMDB );
928 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
929 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
930 break;
932 case PAGER_READER:
933 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
934 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
935 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
936 break;
938 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
939 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
940 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
941 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
942 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
944 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
945 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
946 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
947 assert( pPager->setSuper==0 );
948 break;
950 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
951 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
952 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
953 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
954 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
955 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
956 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
957 ** to journal_mode=wal.
959 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
960 assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
961 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
962 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
965 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
966 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
967 break;
969 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
970 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
971 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
972 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
973 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
974 assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
975 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
976 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
977 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
979 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
980 break;
982 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
983 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
984 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
985 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
986 assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
987 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
988 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
989 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
991 break;
993 case PAGER_ERROR:
994 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
995 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
996 ** back to OPEN state.
998 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
999 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
1000 break;
1003 return 1;
1005 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
1007 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1009 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
1010 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
1011 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
1012 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
1014 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
1016 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings
1017 ** about an unused function. It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does
1018 ** not appear in normal builds.
1020 char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
1021 static char zRet[1024];
1023 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
1024 "Filename: %s\n"
1025 "State: %s errCode=%d\n"
1026 "Lock: %s\n"
1027 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n"
1028 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n"
1029 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1030 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1031 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1032 , p->zFilename
1033 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" :
1034 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" :
1035 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1036 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1037 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1038 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1039 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1040 , (int)p->errCode
1041 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" :
1042 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" :
1043 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1044 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" :
1045 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1046 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1047 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" :
1048 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" :
1049 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" :
1050 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" :
1051 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1052 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?"
1053 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1054 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1055 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1058 return zRet;
1060 #endif
1062 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1063 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1064 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1065 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1066 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1067 #endif
1070 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1071 ** content from the pager.
1073 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1074 if( pPager->errCode ){
1075 pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1076 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1077 }else if( USEFETCH(pPager)
1078 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
1079 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
1080 && pPager->xCodec==0
1081 #endif
1082 /* END SQLCIPHER */
1084 pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1085 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1086 }else{
1087 pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1092 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1093 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1094 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1096 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1097 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1098 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1100 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1101 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1102 PagerSavepoint *p;
1103 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1104 int i;
1105 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1106 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1107 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1108 return 1;
1111 return 0;
1114 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1116 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1118 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1119 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1121 #endif
1124 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer
1125 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1126 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1128 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1130 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1131 unsigned char ac[4];
1132 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1133 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1134 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1136 return rc;
1140 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1142 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1146 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK
1147 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1149 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1150 char ac[4];
1151 put32bits(ac, val);
1152 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1156 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1157 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1158 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1160 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1161 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1162 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1164 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1165 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1167 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1168 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1169 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1170 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1171 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1172 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1173 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1174 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1176 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1178 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; /* ticket fb3b3024ea238d5c */
1179 return rc;
1183 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1184 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1185 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1187 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1188 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1189 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1190 ** of this.
1192 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1193 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1195 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1196 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1197 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1198 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1199 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1200 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1203 return rc;
1207 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1208 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1209 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1211 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1212 ** a database page may be written atomically, and
1213 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1214 ** to the page size.
1216 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1217 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1219 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1220 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1221 ** returned in this case.
1223 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1225 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1226 assert( !MEMDB );
1228 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1229 || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1230 int dc; /* Device characteristics */
1232 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1233 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1234 #else
1235 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager);
1236 #endif
1238 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1239 if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){
1240 return -1;
1242 #endif
1244 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1246 int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1247 int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1249 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1250 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1251 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1252 return 0;
1256 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1257 #endif
1259 return 0;
1263 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1264 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing
1265 ** and debugging only.
1267 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1269 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1271 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1272 u32 hash = 0;
1273 int i;
1274 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1275 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1277 return hash;
1279 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1280 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1282 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1283 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1287 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1288 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1289 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1291 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1292 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1293 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1294 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1295 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1298 #else
1299 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0
1300 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0
1301 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1302 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1303 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1306 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1307 ** This function attempts to read a super-journal file name from the
1308 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1309 ** by the caller. See comments above writeSuperJournal() for the format
1310 ** used to store a super-journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1312 ** zSuper must point to a buffer of at least nSuper bytes allocated by
1313 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1314 ** enough space to write the super-journal name). If the super-journal
1315 ** name in the journal is longer than nSuper bytes (including a
1316 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no super-journal name
1317 ** were present in the journal.
1319 ** If a super-journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1320 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zSuper. A
1321 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the
1322 ** super-journal file name.
1324 ** If it is determined that no super-journal file name is present
1325 ** zSuper[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1327 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1328 ** error code is returned.
1330 static int readSuperJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zSuper, u32 nSuper){
1331 int rc; /* Return code */
1332 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of super-journal name */
1333 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1334 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1335 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
1336 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1337 zSuper[0] = '\0';
1339 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1340 || szJ<16
1341 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1342 || len>=nSuper
1343 || len>szJ-16
1344 || len==0
1345 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1346 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1347 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1348 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zSuper, len, szJ-16-len))
1350 return rc;
1353 /* See if the checksum matches the super-journal name */
1354 for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1355 cksum -= zSuper[u];
1357 if( cksum ){
1358 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1359 ** containing the super-journal filename is corrupted. This means
1360 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1361 ** super-journal filename.
1363 len = 0;
1365 zSuper[len] = '\0';
1366 zSuper[len+1] = '\0';
1368 return SQLITE_OK;
1372 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1373 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1374 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1376 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1378 ** Pager.journalOff Return value
1379 ** ---------------------------------------
1380 ** 0 0
1381 ** 512 512
1382 ** 100 512
1383 ** 2000 2048
1386 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1387 i64 offset = 0;
1388 i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1389 if( c ){
1390 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1392 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1393 assert( offset>=c );
1394 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1395 return offset;
1399 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1401 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1402 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1404 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1405 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1406 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1407 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1408 ** after writing or truncating it.
1410 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1411 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1412 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1413 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1414 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1416 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1417 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1419 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1420 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
1421 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1422 assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1423 if( pPager->journalOff ){
1424 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */
1426 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1427 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1428 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1429 }else{
1430 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1431 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1433 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1434 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1437 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1438 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1439 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1440 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1441 ** to sync the file following this operation.
1443 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1444 i64 sz;
1445 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1446 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1447 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1451 return rc;
1455 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1456 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1457 ** current location.
1459 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1460 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1461 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1462 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1463 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1464 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1465 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1467 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1469 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1470 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
1471 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */
1472 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1473 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */
1474 int ii; /* Loop counter */
1476 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
1478 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1479 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1482 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1483 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1484 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1486 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1487 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1488 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1492 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1495 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1496 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1497 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1498 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1499 ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1501 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1502 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1503 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1504 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1505 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1506 ** where this risk can be ignored:
1508 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1509 ** power failure in this case anyway.
1511 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1512 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1514 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1515 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1516 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1518 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1519 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1520 }else{
1521 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1524 /* The random check-hash initializer */
1525 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1526 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1527 /* The initial database size */
1528 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1529 /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1530 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1532 /* The page size */
1533 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1535 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything
1536 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing
1537 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1538 ** take the performance hit.
1540 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1541 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1543 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1544 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1545 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1546 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1547 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1549 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1550 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1551 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1552 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1553 ** is done.
1555 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1556 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1557 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1558 ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1560 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1561 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1562 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1563 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1564 pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1567 return rc;
1571 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1572 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1573 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1574 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1575 ** a description of the journal header format.
1577 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1578 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1579 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1580 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1581 ** in this case.
1583 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1584 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1585 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1587 static int readJournalHdr(
1588 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
1589 int isHot,
1590 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1591 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1592 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1594 int rc; /* Return code */
1595 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1596 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */
1598 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
1600 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1601 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1602 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1604 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1605 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1606 return SQLITE_DONE;
1608 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1610 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1611 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1612 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1613 ** proceed.
1615 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1616 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1617 if( rc ){
1618 return rc;
1620 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1621 return SQLITE_DONE;
1625 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1626 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1627 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1629 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1630 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1631 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1633 return rc;
1636 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1637 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */
1638 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1640 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1641 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1642 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1644 return rc;
1647 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1648 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1649 ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1651 if( iPageSize==0 ){
1652 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1655 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1656 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1657 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1658 ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1660 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32
1661 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1662 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1664 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1665 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1666 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1667 ** the journal file here.
1669 return SQLITE_DONE;
1672 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1673 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1674 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1676 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1677 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1679 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1680 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1681 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1682 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1683 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1685 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1688 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1689 return rc;
1694 ** Write the supplied super-journal name into the journal file for pager
1695 ** pPager at the current location. The super-journal name must be the last
1696 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1697 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1698 ** anything is written. The format is:
1700 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1701 ** + N bytes: super-journal filename in utf-8.
1702 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of super-journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1703 ** + 4 bytes: super-journal name checksum.
1704 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1706 ** The super-journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in thesuper-journal
1707 ** name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1709 ** If zSuper is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1710 ** this call is a no-op.
1712 static int writeSuperJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
1713 int rc; /* Return code */
1714 int nSuper; /* Length of string zSuper */
1715 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */
1716 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */
1717 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zSuper */
1719 assert( pPager->setSuper==0 );
1720 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1722 if( !zSuper
1723 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1724 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1726 return SQLITE_OK;
1728 pPager->setSuper = 1;
1729 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1731 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zSuper */
1732 for(nSuper=0; zSuper[nSuper]; nSuper++){
1733 cksum += zSuper[nSuper];
1736 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1737 ** the super-journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1738 ** the journal has already been synced.
1740 if( pPager->fullSync ){
1741 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1743 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1745 /* Write the super-journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1746 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1748 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1749 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zSuper, nSuper, iHdrOff+4)))
1750 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper, nSuper)))
1751 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper+4, cksum)))
1752 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1753 iHdrOff+4+nSuper+8)))
1755 return rc;
1757 pPager->journalOff += (nSuper+20);
1759 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1760 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the super-journal name
1761 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1762 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1763 ** will not be able to find the super-journal name to determine
1764 ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1766 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1767 ** file to the required size.
1769 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1770 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1772 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1774 return rc;
1778 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1780 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1781 pPager->iDataVersion++;
1782 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1783 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1787 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1789 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1790 return pPager->iDataVersion;
1794 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1795 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1796 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1798 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1799 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1800 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1801 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1803 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1804 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1806 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1807 pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1808 pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1809 pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1813 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1814 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1815 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1817 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1818 int ii; /* Loop counter */
1819 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
1821 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1822 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1823 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1824 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1825 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1826 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1829 return rc;
1833 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1834 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1835 ** state.
1837 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1838 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1839 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1840 ** closed (if it is open).
1842 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1843 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1844 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1845 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1846 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1847 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1849 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1851 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1852 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1853 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1856 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1857 pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1858 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1860 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1861 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1862 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1863 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1864 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1865 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1866 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1868 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1869 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise
1870 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1871 ** out from under us.
1873 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 );
1874 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 );
1875 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 );
1876 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 );
1877 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1878 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
1879 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1880 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1882 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1885 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1886 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1887 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1888 ** is necessary.
1890 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1891 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1892 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1895 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1896 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1897 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1899 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1900 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1903 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1904 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1905 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1906 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1908 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1909 if( pPager->errCode ){
1910 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1911 pager_reset(pPager);
1912 pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1913 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1914 }else{
1915 pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1917 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1918 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1919 setGetterMethod(pPager);
1922 pPager->journalOff = 0;
1923 pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1924 pPager->setSuper = 0;
1928 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1929 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1930 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1931 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1932 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1934 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1935 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1936 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1937 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1939 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1940 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1941 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1942 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1943 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1944 ** it were a hot-journal).
1946 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1947 int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1948 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1949 assert(
1950 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1951 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1952 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1954 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1955 pPager->errCode = rc;
1956 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1957 setGetterMethod(pPager);
1959 return rc;
1962 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1965 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1966 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1968 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1970 ** Rules:
1972 ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary
1973 ** for transactions to be durable.
1975 ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1976 ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1977 ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1978 ** cache size.
1980 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1981 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1982 if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1983 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1984 return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1988 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1989 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1990 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1991 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1992 ** database transaction.
1994 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1995 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1996 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1998 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
2000 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
2001 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
2002 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
2003 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
2004 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
2005 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
2007 ** journalMode==MEMORY
2008 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
2009 ** in-memory journal.
2011 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE
2012 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
2014 ** journalMode==PERSIST
2015 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
2016 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
2017 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
2019 ** journalMode==DELETE
2020 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
2022 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
2023 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
2024 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
2025 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
2027 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
2028 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
2029 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
2031 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
2032 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
2033 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
2034 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2035 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2036 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2037 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2038 ** returned.
2040 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasSuper, int bCommit){
2041 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2042 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2044 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2045 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2046 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2047 ** held under two circumstances:
2049 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2050 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2052 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2053 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2054 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2055 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2057 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2058 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2059 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2060 return SQLITE_OK;
2063 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2064 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
2065 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
2067 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2068 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2070 /* Finalize the journal file. */
2071 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2072 /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2073 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2074 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2075 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2076 rc = SQLITE_OK;
2077 }else{
2078 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2079 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2080 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2081 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2082 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See
2083 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2085 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2088 pPager->journalOff = 0;
2089 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2090 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2092 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasSuper||pPager->tempFile);
2093 pPager->journalOff = 0;
2094 }else{
2095 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2096 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2097 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2098 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2100 int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2101 assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2102 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2103 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2104 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2106 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2107 if( bDelete ){
2108 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2113 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2114 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2115 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2116 PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2117 if( p ){
2118 p->pageHash = 0;
2119 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2122 #endif
2124 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2125 pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2126 pPager->nRec = 0;
2127 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2128 if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2129 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2130 }else{
2131 sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2133 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2136 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2137 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2138 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2139 ** lock held on the database file.
2141 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2142 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2143 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2144 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2145 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2146 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2147 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2148 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2149 ** required size. */
2150 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2151 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2154 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){
2155 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2156 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2159 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2160 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2162 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2164 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2165 pPager->setSuper = 0;
2167 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2171 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2172 ** database file.
2174 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2175 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2176 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2177 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2178 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2179 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2180 ** will roll it back.
2182 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2183 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2184 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2185 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2187 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2188 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2189 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2190 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2191 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2192 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2193 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2194 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2195 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2196 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2199 pager_unlock(pPager);
2203 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2204 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2205 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2207 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2208 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2209 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2210 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2212 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2213 ** incompatible journal file format.
2215 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2216 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2217 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2218 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2219 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2221 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2222 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */
2223 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */
2224 while( i>0 ){
2225 cksum += aData[i];
2226 i -= 200;
2228 return cksum;
2232 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2233 ** to the codec.
2235 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
2236 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2237 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2238 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2239 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2240 (int)pPager->nReserve);
2243 #else
2244 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2245 #endif
2246 /* END SQLCIPHER */
2248 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
2249 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2251 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2252 ** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2253 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2255 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2256 if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2257 pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2258 pagerReportSize(pDest);
2261 #endif
2262 /* END SQLCIPHER */
2265 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2266 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2267 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2268 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2270 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2271 ** not.
2273 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2274 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2275 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2277 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2278 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2279 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2280 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2281 ** prior to returning.
2283 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2284 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2285 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2286 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2287 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2288 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2289 ** two circumstances:
2291 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2292 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2293 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2295 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2297 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2298 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2299 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2301 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2302 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */
2303 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */
2304 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2305 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2306 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2308 int rc;
2309 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */
2310 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */
2311 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2312 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */
2313 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2314 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */
2315 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
2316 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2317 /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through
2318 ** the codec. It is false for pure in-memory journals. */
2319 const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0);
2320 #endif
2321 /* END SQLCIPHER */
2323 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2324 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2325 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2326 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2328 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2329 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2330 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2332 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2333 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2334 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2335 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2336 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2338 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2339 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2341 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2343 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2344 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2346 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2347 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2348 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2349 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2350 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2351 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2353 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally
2354 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2355 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to
2356 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2358 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2359 assert( !isSavepnt );
2360 return SQLITE_DONE;
2362 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2363 return SQLITE_OK;
2365 if( isMainJrnl ){
2366 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2367 if( rc ) return rc;
2368 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2369 return SQLITE_DONE;
2373 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2374 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2376 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2377 return rc;
2380 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2382 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2383 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2384 pagerReportSize(pPager);
2387 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2388 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2389 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2391 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2392 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2393 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2394 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2395 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2396 ** assert()able.
2398 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2399 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2400 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2401 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2402 ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2404 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is
2405 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2406 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2407 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a
2408 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2409 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2410 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2411 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2412 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be
2413 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2414 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2415 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2416 ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2418 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2419 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2420 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2422 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2423 pPg = 0;
2424 }else{
2425 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2427 assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2428 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2429 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2430 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2431 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2433 if( isMainJrnl ){
2434 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2435 }else{
2436 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2438 if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2439 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2440 && isSynced
2442 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2443 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2444 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2446 /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2447 ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2448 ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2449 ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2450 ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2451 ** file. */
2452 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
2453 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2454 if( !jrnlEnc ){
2455 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
2456 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2457 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2458 }else
2459 #endif
2460 /* END SQLCIPHER */
2461 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2463 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2464 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2466 if( pPager->pBackup ){
2467 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
2468 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2469 if( jrnlEnc ){
2470 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2471 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2472 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData);
2473 }else
2474 #endif
2475 /* END SQLCIPHER */
2476 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2478 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2479 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2480 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2481 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2482 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2483 ** current.
2485 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2486 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2487 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2488 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2490 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2491 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2492 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2493 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2495 assert( isSavepnt );
2496 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2497 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2498 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2499 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2500 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2501 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2502 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2504 if( pPg ){
2505 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2506 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2507 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2508 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2509 ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2511 void *pData;
2512 pData = pPg->pData;
2513 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2514 pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2515 /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But
2516 ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2517 ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2518 ** has been removed. */
2519 pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2521 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2522 ** Do this before any decoding. */
2523 if( pgno==1 ){
2524 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2527 /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2528 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
2529 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2530 if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); }
2531 #endif
2532 /* END SQLCIPHER */
2533 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2535 return rc;
2539 ** Parameter zSuper is the name of a super-journal file. A single journal
2540 ** file that referred to the super-journal file has just been rolled back.
2541 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the super-journal file,
2542 ** and does so if it is.
2544 ** Argument zSuper may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2545 ** available for use within this function.
2547 ** When a super-journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2548 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2549 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2550 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a super-journal
2551 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2553 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2555 ** A super-journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2556 ** journals have been rolled back.
2558 ** This function reads the contents of the super-journal file into
2559 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2560 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2562 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so
2563 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to super-journal
2564 ** file zSuper
2566 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2567 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2568 ** no such child journal can be found, file zSuper is deleted from
2569 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2571 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2572 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2573 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2574 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2576 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2577 ** the entire contents of the super-journal file. This could be
2578 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2579 ** size.
2581 static int pager_delsuper(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
2582 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2583 int rc; /* Return code */
2584 sqlite3_file *pSuper; /* Malloc'd super-journal file descriptor */
2585 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2586 char *zSuperJournal = 0; /* Contents of super-journal file */
2587 i64 nSuperJournal; /* Size of super-journal file */
2588 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2589 char *zSuperPtr; /* Space to hold super-journal filename */
2590 int nSuperPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zSuperPtr[] */
2592 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pSuper file descriptors.
2593 ** If successful, open the super-journal file for reading.
2595 pSuper = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2596 if( !pSuper ){
2597 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2598 pJournal = 0;
2599 }else{
2600 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL);
2601 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zSuper, pSuper, flags, 0);
2602 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pSuper) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2604 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2606 /* Load the entire super-journal file into space obtained from
2607 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zSuperJournal. Also obtain
2608 ** sufficient space (in zSuperPtr) to hold the names of super-journal
2609 ** files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2611 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pSuper, &nSuperJournal);
2612 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2613 nSuperPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2614 zSuperJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nSuperJournal + nSuperPtr + 2);
2615 if( !zSuperJournal ){
2616 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2617 goto delsuper_out;
2619 zSuperPtr = &zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+2];
2620 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pSuper, zSuperJournal, (int)nSuperJournal, 0);
2621 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2622 zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal] = 0;
2623 zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+1] = 0;
2625 zJournal = zSuperJournal;
2626 while( (zJournal-zSuperJournal)<nSuperJournal ){
2627 int exists;
2628 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2629 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2630 goto delsuper_out;
2632 if( exists ){
2633 /* One of the journals pointed to by the super-journal exists.
2634 ** Open it and check if it points at the super-journal. If
2635 ** so, return without deleting the super-journal file.
2636 ** NB: zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL. But call it a
2637 ** SUPER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal
2638 ** name into sqlite3_database_file_object().
2640 int c;
2641 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL);
2642 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2643 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2644 goto delsuper_out;
2647 rc = readSuperJournal(pJournal, zSuperPtr, nSuperPtr);
2648 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2649 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2650 goto delsuper_out;
2653 c = zSuperPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zSuperPtr, zSuper)==0;
2654 if( c ){
2655 /* We have a match. Do not delete the super-journal file. */
2656 goto delsuper_out;
2659 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2662 sqlite3OsClose(pSuper);
2663 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0);
2665 delsuper_out:
2666 sqlite3_free(zSuperJournal);
2667 if( pSuper ){
2668 sqlite3OsClose(pSuper);
2669 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2670 sqlite3_free(pSuper);
2672 return rc;
2677 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2678 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2679 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2681 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2682 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2683 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2684 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2685 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2687 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2688 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2689 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2690 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2691 ** the end of the new file instead.
2693 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2694 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2696 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2697 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2698 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2699 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2701 if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2702 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2704 i64 currentSize, newSize;
2705 int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2706 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2707 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2708 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2709 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2710 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2711 if( currentSize>newSize ){
2712 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2713 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2714 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2715 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2716 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2717 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize );
2718 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2720 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2721 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2725 return rc;
2729 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2730 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2732 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2733 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2734 if( iRet<32 ){
2735 iRet = 512;
2736 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2737 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2738 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2740 return iRet;
2744 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2745 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2746 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2747 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2748 ** super-journal pointers within created journal files.
2750 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2752 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2753 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2754 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2755 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2757 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2758 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of
2759 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2760 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2761 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2762 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2763 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2764 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2766 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2767 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2769 if( pPager->tempFile
2770 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2771 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2773 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2774 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2775 ** call will segfault. */
2776 pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2777 }else{
2778 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2783 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2784 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2786 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2788 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2789 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2790 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2791 ** number of page records from the journal size.
2792 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2793 ** sanity checksum.
2794 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2795 ** database to during a rollback.
2796 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header
2797 ** is this many bytes in size.
2798 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2799 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size.
2800 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2801 ** + 4 byte page number.
2802 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2803 ** + 4 byte checksum
2805 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2806 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2808 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of
2809 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the
2810 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power
2811 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2812 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2813 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case,
2814 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For
2815 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2817 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2818 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the
2819 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption
2820 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be
2821 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2823 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2824 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2825 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2826 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2827 ** been encountered.
2829 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2830 ** and an error code is returned.
2832 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2833 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is
2834 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2835 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2836 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2837 ** needed.
2839 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2840 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2841 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2842 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */
2843 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
2844 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */
2845 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */
2846 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2847 char *zSuper = 0; /* Name of super-journal file if any */
2848 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2849 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2850 u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
2852 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if
2853 ** the journal is empty.
2855 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2856 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2857 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2858 goto end_playback;
2861 /* Read the super-journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2862 ** If a super-journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2863 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2864 ** played back.
2866 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2867 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2868 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2869 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2870 ** for pageSize.
2872 zSuper = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2873 rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2874 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] ){
2875 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zSuper, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2877 zSuper = 0;
2878 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2879 goto end_playback;
2881 pPager->journalOff = 0;
2882 needPagerReset = isHot;
2884 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2885 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2886 ** occurs.
2888 while( 1 ){
2889 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are
2890 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2891 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2892 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2894 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2895 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2896 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2897 rc = SQLITE_OK;
2899 goto end_playback;
2902 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2903 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2904 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2905 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2907 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2908 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2909 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2912 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2913 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2914 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2915 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2916 ** size of the file.
2918 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2919 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2920 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But
2921 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2922 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2923 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2924 ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2926 if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2927 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2928 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2931 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2932 ** database file back to its original size.
2934 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2935 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2936 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2937 goto end_playback;
2939 pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2942 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2943 ** database file and/or page cache.
2945 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2946 if( needPagerReset ){
2947 pager_reset(pPager);
2948 needPagerReset = 0;
2950 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2951 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2952 nPlayback++;
2953 }else{
2954 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2955 pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2956 break;
2957 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2958 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2959 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2960 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that
2961 ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2962 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2963 rc = SQLITE_OK;
2964 goto end_playback;
2965 }else{
2966 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2967 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2968 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next
2969 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2971 goto end_playback;
2976 /*NOTREACHED*/
2977 assert( 0 );
2979 end_playback:
2980 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2981 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1);
2983 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2984 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2985 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2986 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2988 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2989 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2990 #endif
2992 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2993 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2994 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2995 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2996 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2997 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2998 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2999 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
3001 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3003 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3004 zSuper = pPager->pTmpSpace;
3005 rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
3006 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
3008 if( rc==SQLITE_OK
3009 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
3011 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
3013 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3014 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zSuper[0]!='\0', 0);
3015 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
3017 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] && res ){
3018 /* If there was a super-journal and this routine will return success,
3019 ** see if it is possible to delete the super-journal.
3021 rc = pager_delsuper(pPager, zSuper);
3022 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
3024 if( isHot && nPlayback ){
3025 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
3026 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
3029 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
3030 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
3031 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
3033 setSectorSize(pPager);
3034 return rc;
3039 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
3040 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
3041 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
3042 ** file before this function is called.
3044 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
3045 ** the value read from the database file.
3047 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
3048 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3050 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3051 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
3052 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
3054 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3055 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
3057 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
3058 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3060 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3061 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
3062 if( rc ) return rc;
3064 if( iFrame ){
3065 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData);
3066 }else
3067 #endif
3069 i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
3070 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
3071 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3072 rc = SQLITE_OK;
3076 if( pPg->pgno==1 ){
3077 if( rc ){
3078 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
3079 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy
3080 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be
3081 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
3082 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling
3083 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
3085 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes
3086 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of
3087 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3088 ** we should still be ok.
3090 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3091 }else{
3092 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
3093 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3096 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
3098 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
3099 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3100 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
3101 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3102 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3104 return rc;
3108 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3109 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3111 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3112 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3113 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3115 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3116 u32 change_counter;
3118 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3119 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3120 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3122 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3123 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3124 ** is valid. */
3125 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3126 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3129 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3131 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3132 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3133 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3134 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3136 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3137 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3138 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3139 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3140 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3142 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3143 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3144 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3145 PgHdr *pPg;
3147 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3148 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3149 if( pPg ){
3150 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3151 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3152 }else{
3153 rc = readDbPage(pPg);
3154 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3155 pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3157 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3161 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3162 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3163 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3164 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3165 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3166 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3167 ** the backups must be restarted.
3169 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3171 return rc;
3175 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3177 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3178 int rc; /* Return Code */
3179 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3181 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3182 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3183 ** following:
3185 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3186 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3188 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3189 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3190 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3191 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3192 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3193 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3194 pList = pNext;
3197 return rc;
3201 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3202 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3203 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3204 ** changed.
3206 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3207 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3209 static int pagerWalFrames(
3210 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
3211 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */
3212 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */
3213 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */
3215 int rc; /* Return code */
3216 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */
3217 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */
3219 assert( pPager->pWal );
3220 assert( pList );
3221 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3222 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3223 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3224 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3226 #endif
3228 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3229 if( isCommit ){
3230 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3231 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3232 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3233 ** list here. */
3234 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3235 nList = 0;
3236 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3237 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3238 ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3239 nList++;
3242 assert( pList );
3243 }else{
3244 nList = 1;
3246 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3248 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3249 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3250 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3252 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3253 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3254 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3258 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3259 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3260 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3261 pager_set_pagehash(p);
3263 #endif
3265 return rc;
3269 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3271 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3272 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3273 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3274 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3276 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3277 int rc; /* Return code */
3278 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */
3280 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3281 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3283 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3284 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we
3285 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3286 ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3288 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3290 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3291 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3292 pager_reset(pPager);
3293 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3296 return rc;
3298 #endif
3301 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3302 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3303 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3305 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3306 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3307 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3309 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3310 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3312 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3313 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3314 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3315 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3316 ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3318 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3319 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3320 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3321 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3322 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3324 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3325 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3326 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an
3327 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3329 if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3330 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */
3331 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3332 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3333 return rc;
3335 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3338 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3339 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3340 ** that the file can be read.
3342 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3343 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3346 *pnPage = nPage;
3347 return SQLITE_OK;
3350 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3352 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3353 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3354 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3356 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3357 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3358 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3359 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3361 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3363 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3364 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3365 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3366 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3367 ** other connection.
3369 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3370 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3371 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3372 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3374 if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3375 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */
3376 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3377 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3379 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3380 if( isWal ){
3381 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */
3383 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3384 if( rc ) return rc;
3385 if( nPage==0 ){
3386 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3387 }else{
3388 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3389 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3391 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3392 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3396 return rc;
3398 #endif
3401 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3402 ** the entire super-journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3403 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3404 ** savepoint.
3406 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3407 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3408 ** performed in the order specified:
3410 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3411 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3412 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3413 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3415 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3416 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following
3417 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3419 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3420 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3421 ** the journal file.
3423 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3424 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3425 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3426 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3428 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3429 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3431 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3432 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3433 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3434 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3436 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3437 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */
3438 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3439 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
3440 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3442 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3443 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3445 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3446 if( pSavepoint ){
3447 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3448 if( !pDone ){
3449 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3453 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3454 ** being reverted was opened.
3456 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3457 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3459 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3460 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3463 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3464 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in
3465 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything
3466 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3468 szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3469 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3471 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3472 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3473 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3474 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3475 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they
3476 ** are played back.
3478 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3479 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3480 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3481 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3482 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3484 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3485 }else{
3486 pPager->journalOff = 0;
3489 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3490 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3491 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3492 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3494 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3495 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */
3496 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */
3497 u32 dummy;
3498 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3499 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3502 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3503 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the
3504 ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3506 if( nJRec==0
3507 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3509 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3511 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3512 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3514 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3516 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3518 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were
3519 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3520 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3522 if( pSavepoint ){
3523 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */
3524 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3526 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3527 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3529 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3530 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3531 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3533 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3536 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3537 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3538 pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3541 return rc;
3545 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3546 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3548 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3549 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3553 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3554 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3556 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3557 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3561 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3563 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3564 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3565 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3566 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3567 sqlite3_int64 sz;
3568 sz = pPager->szMmap;
3569 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3570 setGetterMethod(pPager);
3571 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3573 #endif
3577 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3579 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3580 pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3581 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3585 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3587 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3588 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3592 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3594 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3595 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3596 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3597 ** There are four levels:
3599 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default
3600 ** for temporary and transient files.
3602 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3603 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but
3604 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3605 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3606 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database
3607 ** when it is rolled back.
3609 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3610 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3611 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two
3612 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a
3613 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3614 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3615 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3617 ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3618 ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3619 ** journal is unlinked.
3621 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues
3622 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3623 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3624 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3625 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for
3626 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL
3627 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3628 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL
3629 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3631 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The
3632 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3633 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3634 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3635 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the
3636 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3637 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3639 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3640 ** and FULL=3.
3642 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3643 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3644 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */
3645 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */
3647 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3648 if( pPager->tempFile ){
3649 pPager->noSync = 1;
3650 pPager->fullSync = 0;
3651 pPager->extraSync = 0;
3652 }else{
3653 pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3654 pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3655 pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3657 if( pPager->noSync ){
3658 pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3659 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3660 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3661 }else{
3662 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3664 pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2);
3665 if( pPager->fullSync ){
3666 pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags;
3668 if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){
3669 pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2);
3671 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3672 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3673 }else{
3674 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3677 #endif
3680 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3681 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for
3682 ** testing and analysis only.
3684 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3685 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3686 #endif
3689 ** Open a temporary file.
3691 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3692 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3693 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3695 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3696 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3698 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3699 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3700 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3701 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3703 static int pagerOpentemp(
3704 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */
3705 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */
3706 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3708 int rc; /* Return code */
3710 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3711 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3712 #endif
3714 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3715 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3716 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3717 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3718 return rc;
3722 ** Set the busy handler function.
3724 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3725 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3726 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3727 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3728 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3729 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3731 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler
3732 ** --------------------------------------------------------
3733 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes
3734 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No
3735 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No
3736 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes
3738 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3739 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3740 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3742 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
3743 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
3744 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3745 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3747 void **ap;
3748 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3749 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3750 ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3751 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3752 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3753 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3757 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3758 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3760 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3761 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3762 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3764 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3766 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3767 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3769 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and
3771 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3772 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3774 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3776 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3777 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3778 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3779 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3781 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3782 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3783 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3784 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3786 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3787 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3789 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3790 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3791 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3793 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3794 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3795 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3796 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3799 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3800 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3801 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3802 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3803 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3805 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */
3806 i64 nByte = 0;
3808 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3809 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3811 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3812 /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree
3813 * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */
3814 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize+8);
3815 if( !pNew ){
3816 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3817 }else{
3818 memset(pNew+pageSize, 0, 8);
3822 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3823 pager_reset(pPager);
3824 rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3826 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3827 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3828 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3829 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3830 pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3831 }else{
3832 sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3836 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3837 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3838 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3839 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3840 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3841 pagerReportSize(pPager);
3842 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3844 return rc;
3848 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3849 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3850 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally
3851 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3852 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3853 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3855 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3856 return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3860 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3861 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the
3862 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3864 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3866 Pgno sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, Pgno mxPage){
3867 if( mxPage>0 ){
3868 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3870 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3871 /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */
3872 /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not
3873 ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this
3874 ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */
3875 return pPager->mxPgno;
3879 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3880 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated
3881 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3883 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3884 ** and generate no code.
3886 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3887 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3888 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3889 static int saved_cnt;
3890 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3891 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3892 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3894 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3895 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3897 #else
3898 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3899 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3900 #endif
3903 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3904 ** that pDest points to.
3906 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3907 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3908 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3909 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3910 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3912 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3913 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3914 ** output buffer undefined.
3916 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3917 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3918 memset(pDest, 0, N);
3919 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3921 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3922 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition
3923 ** to WAL mode yet.
3925 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3927 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3928 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3929 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3930 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3931 rc = SQLITE_OK;
3934 return rc;
3938 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3939 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3941 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3942 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3944 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3945 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3946 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3947 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3952 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3953 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3954 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3956 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3957 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3958 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3959 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3961 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3962 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3963 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3965 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3966 int rc; /* Return code */
3968 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3969 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3970 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3971 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3973 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3974 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3975 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3978 do {
3979 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3980 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3981 return rc;
3985 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3986 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3988 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3989 ** current database image, in pages, OR
3991 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3992 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3993 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3995 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3996 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3997 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3998 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3999 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
4000 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
4001 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
4002 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
4003 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
4004 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
4006 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
4007 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
4008 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4009 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
4011 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
4012 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
4014 #else
4015 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
4016 #endif
4019 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
4020 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
4021 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
4022 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
4024 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
4025 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
4026 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
4027 ** then continue writing to the database.
4029 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
4030 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
4031 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
4032 pPager->dbSize = nPage;
4034 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
4035 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
4036 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
4037 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
4038 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
4039 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
4040 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
4041 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
4042 ** is no longer correct. */
4047 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
4048 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
4049 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
4050 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
4052 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
4053 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
4054 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
4055 ** content as this process.
4057 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
4058 ** an SQLite error code.
4060 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
4061 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4062 if( !pPager->noSync ){
4063 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
4065 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4066 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
4068 return rc;
4071 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
4073 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
4074 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
4075 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
4076 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
4077 ** *ppPage to zero.
4079 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
4080 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
4082 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
4083 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
4084 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */
4085 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
4086 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */
4088 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */
4090 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
4091 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4092 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
4093 p->pDirty = 0;
4094 assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
4095 memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
4096 }else{
4097 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
4098 if( p==0 ){
4099 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4100 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4102 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4103 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4104 p->nRef = 1;
4105 p->pPager = pPager;
4108 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4109 assert( p->pPage==0 );
4110 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4111 assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4112 assert( p->nRef==1 );
4114 p->pgno = pgno;
4115 p->pData = pData;
4116 pPager->nMmapOut++;
4118 return SQLITE_OK;
4120 #endif
4123 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4124 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4126 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4127 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4128 pPager->nMmapOut--;
4129 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4130 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4132 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4133 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4137 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4139 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4140 PgHdr *p;
4141 PgHdr *pNext;
4142 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4143 pNext = p->pDirty;
4144 sqlite3_free(p);
4148 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4149 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought
4150 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4151 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4153 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4154 int bHasMoved = 0;
4155 int rc;
4157 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4158 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4159 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4160 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4161 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4162 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4163 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4164 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4165 rc = SQLITE_OK;
4166 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4167 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4169 return rc;
4174 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files.
4176 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4177 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated
4178 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated
4179 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4180 ** result in a coredump.
4182 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4183 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4184 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4185 ** to the caller.
4187 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4188 u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4189 assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4190 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4191 disable_simulated_io_errors();
4192 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4193 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4194 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4195 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4196 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4198 u8 *a = 0;
4199 assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4200 if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose)
4201 && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager)
4203 a = pTmp;
4205 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a);
4206 pPager->pWal = 0;
4208 #endif
4209 pager_reset(pPager);
4210 if( MEMDB ){
4211 pager_unlock(pPager);
4212 }else{
4213 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4214 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4215 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4216 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4218 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4219 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4220 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4221 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4222 ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4224 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4225 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4227 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4229 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4230 enable_simulated_io_errors();
4231 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4232 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4233 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4234 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4235 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4236 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4238 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
4239 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4240 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4241 #endif
4242 /* END SQLCIPHER */
4244 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4245 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4247 sqlite3_free(pPager);
4248 return SQLITE_OK;
4251 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4253 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4255 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4256 return pPg->pgno;
4258 #endif
4261 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4263 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4264 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4268 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4269 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4270 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4272 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4273 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4274 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4276 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4277 ** be taken.
4279 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4280 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4281 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4282 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4283 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4285 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4286 ** journal file is synced.
4288 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4290 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4291 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4292 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4293 ** <update nRec field>
4294 ** }
4295 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4296 ** }
4298 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4299 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4300 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4302 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4303 int rc; /* Return code */
4305 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4306 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4308 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4309 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4311 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4312 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4314 if( !pPager->noSync ){
4315 assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4316 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4317 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4318 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4320 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4321 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4322 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4323 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4324 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4325 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4326 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4327 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4328 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4329 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4330 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4331 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4332 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4334 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4335 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4336 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4338 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4339 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4340 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4341 ** the potential journal header.
4343 i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4344 u8 aMagic[8];
4345 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4347 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4348 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4350 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4351 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4352 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4353 static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4354 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4356 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4357 return rc;
4360 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4361 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4362 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4363 ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4365 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4366 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4367 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4368 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4369 ** and never needs to be updated.
4371 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4372 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4373 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4374 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4375 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4377 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4378 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4379 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4381 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4383 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4384 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4385 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4386 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4387 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4389 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4392 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4393 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4394 pPager->nRec = 0;
4395 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4396 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4398 }else{
4399 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4403 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4404 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4405 ** all pages.
4407 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4408 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4409 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4410 return SQLITE_OK;
4414 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4415 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4416 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4417 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4418 ** a no-op.
4420 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4421 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4422 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4423 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4425 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4426 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4427 ** written out.
4429 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4430 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4431 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4433 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4434 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4436 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4437 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4438 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4439 ** the database file.
4441 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4442 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4443 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4445 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4446 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
4448 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4449 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4450 assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4451 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4452 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4454 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4455 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4456 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4458 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4459 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4460 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4463 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4464 ** file size will be.
4466 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4467 if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4468 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4469 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4471 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4472 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4473 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4476 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4477 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4479 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4480 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4481 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4482 ** any such pages to the file.
4484 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4485 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4487 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4488 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */
4489 char *pData; /* Data to write */
4491 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4492 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4494 /* Encode the database */
4495 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
4497 /* Write out the page data. */
4498 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4500 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4501 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4502 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4504 if( pgno==1 ){
4505 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4507 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4508 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4510 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4512 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4513 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4515 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4516 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4517 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4518 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4519 }else{
4520 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4522 pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4523 pList = pList->pDirty;
4526 return rc;
4530 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4531 ** function is a no-op.
4533 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4534 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4535 ** fails.
4537 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4538 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4539 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4540 const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4541 | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4542 | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4543 int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4544 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4545 nStmtSpill = -1;
4547 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4549 return rc;
4553 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4555 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4556 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4558 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4559 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4560 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4561 ** bitvec.
4563 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4564 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4565 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4566 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4568 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4569 assert( pPager->useJournal );
4570 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4571 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4572 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4573 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4574 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4576 rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4578 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4579 ** write the journal record into the file. */
4580 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4581 void *pData = pPg->pData;
4582 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4583 char *pData2;
4585 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
4586 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4587 if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){
4588 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
4589 }else
4590 #endif
4591 /* END SQLCIPHER */
4592 pData2 = pData;
4593 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4594 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4595 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4596 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4600 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4601 pPager->nSubRec++;
4602 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4603 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4605 return rc;
4607 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4608 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4609 return subjournalPage(pPg);
4610 }else{
4611 return SQLITE_OK;
4616 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4617 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4618 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4619 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4620 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4621 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4622 ** argument.
4624 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4625 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4626 ** journal file.
4628 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4629 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4630 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4631 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4632 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4634 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4635 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4636 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4638 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4639 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4641 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4642 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs
4643 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4644 ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4646 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4647 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during
4648 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4650 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4651 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it
4652 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4653 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4654 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4655 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4657 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4658 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4659 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4660 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4661 if( pPager->doNotSpill
4662 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4663 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4665 return SQLITE_OK;
4668 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++;
4669 pPg->pDirty = 0;
4670 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4671 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4672 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4673 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4674 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4676 }else{
4678 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4679 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
4680 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
4681 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4683 #endif
4685 /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4686 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4687 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4689 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4692 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4693 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4694 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4695 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4699 /* Mark the page as clean. */
4700 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4701 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4702 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4705 return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4709 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4711 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4712 int rc = pPager->errCode;
4713 if( !MEMDB ){
4714 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4715 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4716 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4717 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4718 if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4719 rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4721 pList = pNext;
4725 return rc;
4729 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4730 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4731 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4733 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4734 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4735 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4736 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4737 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4738 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4740 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4741 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4742 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. When a new page is allocated, the
4743 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4744 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4746 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4747 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4748 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4750 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4751 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4753 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4754 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4755 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4756 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4757 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4758 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4760 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4761 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */
4762 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4763 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */
4764 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4765 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */
4766 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4767 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4769 u8 *pPtr;
4770 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4771 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
4772 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4773 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4774 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4775 int memJM = 0; /* Memory journal mode */
4776 #else
4777 # define memJM 0
4778 #endif
4779 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */
4780 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4781 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */
4782 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4783 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4784 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4785 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */
4786 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */
4787 int nUriByte = 1; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4788 int nUri = 0; /* Number of URI parameters */
4790 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4791 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */
4792 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4794 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4795 *ppPager = 0;
4797 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4798 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4799 memDb = 1;
4800 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4801 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4802 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4803 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4804 zFilename = 0;
4807 #endif
4809 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4810 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4811 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4813 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4814 const char *z;
4815 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4816 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4817 if( zPathname==0 ){
4818 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4820 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4821 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4822 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4823 if( rc==SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK ){
4824 if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW ){
4825 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK;
4826 }else{
4827 rc = SQLITE_OK;
4831 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4832 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4833 while( *z ){
4834 z += strlen(z)+1;
4835 z += strlen(z)+1;
4836 nUri++;
4838 nUriByte = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4839 assert( nUriByte>=1 );
4840 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4841 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4842 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4843 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4844 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4845 ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4847 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4849 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4850 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4851 return rc;
4855 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4856 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4857 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4859 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4860 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4861 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4862 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
4863 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
4864 ** Ptr back to the Pager (sizeof(Pager*) bytes)
4865 ** \0\0\0\0 database prefix (4 bytes)
4866 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes)
4867 ** URI query parameters (nUriByte bytes)
4868 ** Journal filename (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4869 ** WAL filename (nPathname+4+1 bytes)
4870 ** \0\0\0 terminator (3 bytes)
4872 ** Some 3rd-party software, over which we have no control, depends on
4873 ** the specific order of the filenames and the \0 separators between them
4874 ** so that it can (for example) find the database filename given the WAL
4875 ** filename without using the sqlite3_filename_database() API. This is a
4876 ** misuse of SQLite and a bug in the 3rd-party software, but the 3rd-party
4877 ** software is in widespread use, so we try to avoid changing the filename
4878 ** order and formatting if possible. In particular, the details of the
4879 ** filename format expected by 3rd-party software should be as follows:
4881 ** - Main Database Path
4882 ** - \0
4883 ** - Multiple URI components consisting of:
4884 ** - Key
4885 ** - \0
4886 ** - Value
4887 ** - \0
4888 ** - \0
4889 ** - Journal Path
4890 ** - \0
4891 ** - WAL Path (zWALName)
4892 ** - \0
4894 ** The sqlite3_create_filename() interface and the databaseFilename() utility
4895 ** that is used by sqlite3_filename_database() and kin also depend on the
4896 ** specific formatting and order of the various filenames, so if the format
4897 ** changes here, be sure to change it there as well.
4899 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4900 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */
4901 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */
4902 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */
4903 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */
4904 sizeof(pPager) + /* Space to hold a pointer */
4905 4 + /* Database prefix */
4906 nPathname + 1 + /* database filename */
4907 nUriByte + /* query parameters */
4908 nPathname + 8 + 1 + /* Journal filename */
4909 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4910 nPathname + 4 + 1 + /* WAL filename */
4911 #endif
4912 3 /* Terminator */
4914 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4915 if( !pPtr ){
4916 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4917 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4919 pPager = (Pager*)pPtr; pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager));
4920 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)pPtr; pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize);
4921 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr; pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile);
4922 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr; pPtr += journalFileSize;
4923 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr; pPtr += journalFileSize;
4924 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4925 memcpy(pPtr, &pPager, sizeof(pPager)); pPtr += sizeof(pPager);
4927 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and pPager.zQueryParam fields */
4928 pPtr += 4; /* Skip zero prefix */
4929 pPager->zFilename = (char*)pPtr;
4930 if( nPathname>0 ){
4931 memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname); pPtr += nPathname + 1;
4932 if( zUri ){
4933 memcpy(pPtr, zUri, nUriByte); pPtr += nUriByte;
4934 }else{
4935 pPtr++;
4940 /* Fill in Pager.zJournal */
4941 if( nPathname>0 ){
4942 pPager->zJournal = (char*)pPtr;
4943 memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname); pPtr += nPathname;
4944 memcpy(pPtr, "-journal",8); pPtr += 8 + 1;
4945 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4946 sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename,pPager->zJournal);
4947 pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zJournal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zJournal)+1);
4948 #endif
4949 }else{
4950 pPager->zJournal = 0;
4953 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4954 /* Fill in Pager.zWal */
4955 if( nPathname>0 ){
4956 pPager->zWal = (char*)pPtr;
4957 memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname); pPtr += nPathname;
4958 memcpy(pPtr, "-wal", 4); pPtr += 4 + 1;
4959 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4960 sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4961 pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zWal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zWal)+1);
4962 #endif
4963 }else{
4964 pPager->zWal = 0;
4966 #endif
4968 if( nPathname ) sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4969 pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4970 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4972 /* Open the pager file.
4974 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4975 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4976 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4977 assert( !memDb );
4978 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4979 memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
4980 #endif
4981 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0;
4983 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4984 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4985 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4987 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4988 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4989 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4991 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4992 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4993 if( !readOnly ){
4994 setSectorSize(pPager);
4995 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4996 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4997 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4998 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4999 }else{
5000 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
5003 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5005 int ii;
5006 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
5007 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
5008 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
5009 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
5010 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
5011 szPageDflt = ii;
5015 #endif
5017 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "nolock", 0);
5018 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
5019 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
5020 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
5021 goto act_like_temp_file;
5024 }else{
5025 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
5026 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
5027 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
5029 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
5030 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
5031 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
5033 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
5035 act_like_temp_file:
5036 tempFile = 1;
5037 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */
5038 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
5039 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */
5040 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
5043 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
5044 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
5046 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5047 assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
5048 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
5049 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5052 /* Initialize the PCache object. */
5053 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5054 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
5055 assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
5056 rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
5057 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
5060 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file.
5062 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5063 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
5064 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
5065 sqlite3_free(pPager);
5066 return rc;
5069 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
5070 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
5072 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
5073 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
5074 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
5075 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
5076 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
5077 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
5078 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
5079 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
5080 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
5081 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
5082 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
5083 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
5084 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
5085 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
5086 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
5087 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
5088 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
5089 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
5090 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
5091 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
5092 if( pPager->noSync ){
5093 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
5094 assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
5095 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
5096 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
5097 }else{
5098 pPager->fullSync = 1;
5099 pPager->extraSync = 0;
5100 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
5101 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2);
5103 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
5104 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
5105 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
5106 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
5107 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
5108 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
5109 setSectorSize(pPager);
5110 if( !useJournal ){
5111 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
5112 }else if( memDb || memJM ){
5113 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
5115 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
5116 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
5117 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
5118 setGetterMethod(pPager);
5119 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
5120 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
5122 *ppPager = pPager;
5123 return SQLITE_OK;
5127 ** Return the sqlite3_file for the main database given the name
5128 ** of the corresonding WAL or Journal name as passed into
5129 ** xOpen.
5131 sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char *zName){
5132 Pager *pPager;
5133 while( zName[-1]!=0 || zName[-2]!=0 || zName[-3]!=0 || zName[-4]!=0 ){
5134 zName--;
5136 pPager = *(Pager**)(zName - 4 - sizeof(Pager*));
5137 return pPager->fd;
5142 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
5143 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
5144 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
5145 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
5146 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
5148 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and
5149 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
5150 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
5151 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5153 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5154 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5155 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5156 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5157 ** is returned.
5159 ** This routine does not check if there is a super-journal filename
5160 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that super-journal file
5161 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5162 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5163 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5164 ** will not roll it back.
5166 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5167 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5168 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5169 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5170 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5172 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
5173 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5174 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
5175 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */
5176 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
5178 assert( pPager->useJournal );
5179 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5180 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5182 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
5183 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5186 *pExists = 0;
5187 if( !jrnlOpen ){
5188 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
5190 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
5191 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5193 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the
5194 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5195 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5196 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that
5197 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5198 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will
5199 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883.
5201 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
5202 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
5203 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */
5205 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5206 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5207 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5208 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5209 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5210 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5211 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5212 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care
5213 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5214 ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5216 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5217 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5218 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5219 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5220 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5222 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5223 }else{
5224 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5225 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5226 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5227 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5228 ** it can be ignored.
5230 if( !jrnlOpen ){
5231 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5232 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5234 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5235 u8 first = 0;
5236 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5237 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5238 rc = SQLITE_OK;
5240 if( !jrnlOpen ){
5241 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5243 *pExists = (first!=0);
5244 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5245 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5246 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5247 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5248 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5249 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the
5250 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5251 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5252 ** worry so much with race conditions.
5254 *pExists = 1;
5255 rc = SQLITE_OK;
5262 return rc;
5266 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5267 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5268 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5269 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5271 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5273 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5274 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5275 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5276 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5277 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5278 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5279 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5280 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5282 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5283 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5284 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5285 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5286 ** file.
5288 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5289 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5290 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5292 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5293 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
5295 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5296 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5297 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5298 ** exclusive access mode. */
5299 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5300 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5301 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5302 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5304 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5305 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5307 assert( !MEMDB );
5308 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5310 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5311 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5312 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5313 goto failed;
5316 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5317 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5319 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5320 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5322 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5323 goto failed;
5325 if( bHotJournal ){
5326 if( pPager->readOnly ){
5327 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5328 goto failed;
5331 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5332 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5333 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5334 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5335 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5336 ** hot-journal back.
5338 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5339 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5340 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5341 ** on the database file.
5343 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5344 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5346 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5347 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5348 goto failed;
5351 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5352 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5353 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5354 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5355 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5356 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5358 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5359 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5360 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5361 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5362 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5364 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5365 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5366 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */
5367 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5368 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5369 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5370 int fout = 0;
5371 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5372 assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5373 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5374 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5375 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5376 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5377 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5382 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write
5383 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5384 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5385 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing
5386 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5387 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5388 ** the journal before playing it back.
5390 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5391 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5392 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5393 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5394 rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5395 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5397 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5398 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5401 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5402 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5403 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5404 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5405 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5406 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5407 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5409 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5410 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5411 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5412 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5413 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5414 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5415 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5416 ** references.
5418 pager_error(pPager, rc);
5419 goto failed;
5422 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5423 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5424 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5428 if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5429 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5430 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed,
5431 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5432 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5433 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5435 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5436 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5437 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The
5438 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5439 ** a codec is in use.
5441 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5442 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5443 ** it can be neglected.
5445 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5447 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5448 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5449 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5450 if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5451 goto failed;
5453 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5456 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5457 pager_reset(pPager);
5459 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5460 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5461 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5462 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5463 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5464 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5465 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5466 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5471 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5472 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5474 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5475 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5476 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5477 #endif
5480 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5481 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5482 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5485 if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5486 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5489 failed:
5490 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5491 assert( !MEMDB );
5492 pager_unlock(pPager);
5493 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5494 }else{
5495 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5496 pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5498 return rc;
5502 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5503 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5505 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5506 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5507 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5509 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5510 if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
5511 assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5512 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5517 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5518 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5519 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5521 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5522 ** on the current state of the pager.
5524 ** getPageNormal() -- The normal getter
5525 ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state
5526 ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5528 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5529 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5530 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5531 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5532 ** object with no outstanding references.
5534 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5535 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5536 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5537 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5539 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5540 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5541 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5542 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5543 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5545 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5546 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5548 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5550 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5551 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5552 ** from the savepoint journal.
5554 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5555 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5556 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5557 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5558 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5559 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5560 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5562 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases,
5563 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5565 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5566 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already
5567 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5568 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5569 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5570 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5571 ** or journal files.
5573 static int getPageNormal(
5574 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */
5575 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */
5576 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5577 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5579 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5580 PgHdr *pPg;
5581 u8 noContent; /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5582 sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5584 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5585 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5586 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5587 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5589 if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5590 pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5591 if( pBase==0 ){
5592 pPg = 0;
5593 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5594 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5595 if( pBase==0 ){
5596 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5597 goto pager_acquire_err;
5600 pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5601 assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5602 assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5603 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5605 noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5606 if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5607 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5608 ** the page. Return without further ado. */
5609 assert( pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5610 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5611 return SQLITE_OK;
5613 }else{
5614 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5615 ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5617 ** (*) obsolete. Was: maximum page number is 2^31
5618 ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5620 if( pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5621 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5622 goto pager_acquire_err;
5625 pPg->pPager = pPager;
5627 assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5628 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5629 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5630 rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5631 goto pager_acquire_err;
5633 if( noContent ){
5634 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5635 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5636 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure
5637 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5638 ** a bit in a bit vector.
5640 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5641 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5642 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5643 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5645 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5646 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5647 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5649 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5650 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5651 }else{
5652 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5653 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5654 rc = readDbPage(pPg);
5655 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5656 goto pager_acquire_err;
5659 pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5661 return SQLITE_OK;
5663 pager_acquire_err:
5664 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5665 if( pPg ){
5666 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5668 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5669 *ppPage = 0;
5670 return rc;
5673 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5674 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5675 static int getPageMMap(
5676 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */
5677 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */
5678 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5679 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5681 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5682 PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5683 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5685 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5686 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5687 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5688 ** temporary or in-memory database. */
5689 const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5690 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5693 assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5694 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
5695 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5696 assert( pPager->xCodec==0 );
5697 #endif
5698 /* END SQLCIPHER */
5700 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5701 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5702 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5703 ** common case where pgno is large. */
5704 if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5705 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5707 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5708 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5709 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5710 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5712 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5713 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5714 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5715 *ppPage = 0;
5716 return rc;
5719 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5720 void *pData = 0;
5721 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5722 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5724 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5725 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5726 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5728 if( pPg==0 ){
5729 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5730 }else{
5731 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5733 if( pPg ){
5734 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5735 *ppPage = pPg;
5736 return SQLITE_OK;
5739 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5740 *ppPage = 0;
5741 return rc;
5744 return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5746 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5748 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5749 static int getPageError(
5750 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */
5751 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */
5752 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5753 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5755 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5756 UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5757 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5758 *ppPage = 0;
5759 return pPager->errCode;
5763 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5765 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5766 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */
5767 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */
5768 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5769 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5771 return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5775 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do
5776 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page,
5777 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5779 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine
5780 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5781 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine
5782 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5783 ** has ever happened.
5785 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5786 sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5787 assert( pPager!=0 );
5788 assert( pgno!=0 );
5789 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5790 pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5791 assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5792 if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5793 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5797 ** Release a page reference.
5799 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be
5800 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page.
5801 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5802 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5804 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1. This latter routine
5805 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5806 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5808 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5809 TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; )
5810 assert( pPg!=0 );
5811 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5812 assert( pPg->pgno!=1 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5813 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5814 }else{
5815 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5817 /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5818 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
5820 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5821 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5823 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
5824 Pager *pPager;
5825 assert( pPg!=0 );
5826 assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
5827 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5828 pPager = pPg->pPager;
5829 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5830 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5834 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5835 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5836 ** file when this routine is called.
5838 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5839 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5840 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5841 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5842 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5844 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5845 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5846 ** already open file.
5848 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5849 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5851 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5852 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5853 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5855 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5856 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
5857 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5859 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5860 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5861 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5863 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on
5864 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5865 ** an error state. */
5866 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5868 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5869 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5870 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5871 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5874 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5875 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5876 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5877 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5878 }else{
5879 int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5880 int nSpill;
5882 if( pPager->tempFile ){
5883 flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5884 nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5885 }else{
5886 flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5887 nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5890 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5891 ** it was originally opened. */
5892 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5893 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5894 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5895 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5899 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5903 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5904 ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5906 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5907 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5908 pPager->nRec = 0;
5909 pPager->journalOff = 0;
5910 pPager->setSuper = 0;
5911 pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5912 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5916 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5917 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5918 pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5919 }else{
5920 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5921 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5924 return rc;
5928 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5929 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5931 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5932 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5933 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5934 ** functions need be called.
5936 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5937 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5938 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5939 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5940 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5941 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5942 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5944 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5945 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5947 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5948 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5949 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5951 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5952 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5954 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5955 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5956 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5958 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5959 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5960 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5961 return rc;
5963 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5966 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5967 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5968 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5969 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5971 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5972 }else{
5973 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5974 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5975 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5976 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5978 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5979 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5980 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5984 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5985 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5987 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5988 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5989 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5990 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5991 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5992 ** WAL mode.
5994 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5995 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5996 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5997 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5998 pPager->journalOff = 0;
6001 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
6002 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6003 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6006 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6007 return rc;
6011 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
6013 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
6014 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6015 int rc;
6016 u32 cksum;
6017 char *pData2;
6018 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
6020 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
6021 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies
6022 ** that we do not. */
6023 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
6025 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
6026 CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
6027 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
6029 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
6030 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
6031 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
6032 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
6033 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
6034 ** then corruption may follow.
6036 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6038 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
6039 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
6040 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
6041 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
6042 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
6043 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
6045 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
6046 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
6047 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
6048 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
6049 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
6050 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
6052 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
6053 pPager->nRec++;
6054 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
6055 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
6056 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
6057 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
6058 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
6059 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
6060 return rc;
6064 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
6065 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
6066 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
6067 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
6068 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
6070 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
6071 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6072 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6074 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
6075 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
6076 ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
6078 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6079 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6080 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6082 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6083 assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
6084 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
6085 CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
6087 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
6088 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
6089 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
6091 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
6092 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
6093 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
6094 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
6096 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6097 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
6098 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
6100 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
6101 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6103 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
6104 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
6106 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
6107 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
6108 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
6110 assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
6111 if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
6112 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
6114 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
6115 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6116 rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
6117 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6118 return rc;
6120 }else{
6121 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
6122 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6124 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
6125 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
6126 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
6130 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
6131 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now,
6132 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
6133 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
6135 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6137 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
6138 ** then write the page into the statement journal.
6140 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
6141 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6144 /* Update the database size and return. */
6145 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
6146 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
6148 return rc;
6152 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
6153 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6154 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of
6155 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6156 ** a write.
6158 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6159 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the
6160 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6162 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
6163 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
6164 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */
6165 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6166 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6167 int ii; /* Loop counter */
6168 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6169 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6170 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
6172 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6173 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6174 ** this function.
6176 assert( !MEMDB );
6177 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
6178 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6180 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6181 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6182 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6184 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
6186 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
6187 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
6188 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
6189 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
6190 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
6191 }else{
6192 nPage = nPagePerSector;
6194 assert(nPage>0);
6195 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
6196 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
6198 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
6199 Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
6200 PgHdr *pPage;
6201 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
6202 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
6203 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
6204 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6205 rc = pager_write(pPage);
6206 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6207 needSync = 1;
6209 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6212 }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
6213 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6214 needSync = 1;
6216 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6220 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6221 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6222 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6223 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6224 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6226 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6227 assert( !MEMDB );
6228 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6229 PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6230 if( pPage ){
6231 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6232 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6237 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6238 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6239 return rc;
6243 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6244 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6245 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6246 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6248 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6249 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6250 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6251 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6253 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6254 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6256 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6257 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6258 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6259 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6260 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6261 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6262 if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6263 return SQLITE_OK;
6264 }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6265 return pPager->errCode;
6266 }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6267 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6268 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6269 }else{
6270 return pager_write(pPg);
6275 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6276 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6277 ** to change the content of the page.
6279 #ifndef NDEBUG
6280 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6281 return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6283 #endif
6286 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6287 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6288 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when
6289 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6290 ** content no longer matters.
6292 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6293 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6294 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6296 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6297 ** DELETE operations.
6299 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6300 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6301 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6302 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6303 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6305 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6306 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6307 if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6308 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6309 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6310 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6311 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6312 testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6313 pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6318 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6319 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6320 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at
6321 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6323 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6324 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6325 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6326 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6328 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6329 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6330 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6331 ** transaction is committed.
6333 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6334 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6335 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6336 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6337 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6339 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6340 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6342 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6343 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6345 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6347 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6348 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6349 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6350 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6352 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6353 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6354 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6355 ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6357 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6358 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6359 assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6360 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6361 #else
6362 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6363 #endif
6365 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6366 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */
6368 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6370 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6371 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6372 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6374 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6375 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in
6376 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6377 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6379 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6380 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6383 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6384 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6385 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6387 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6388 if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6389 const void *zBuf;
6390 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6391 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
6392 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6393 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6394 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6396 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6397 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6398 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6399 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */
6400 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6401 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6402 pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6404 }else{
6405 pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6409 /* Release the page reference. */
6410 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6412 return rc;
6416 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6417 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6419 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6420 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6422 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
6423 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6424 void *pArg = (void*)zSuper;
6425 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6426 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6427 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6428 assert( !MEMDB );
6429 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6431 return rc;
6435 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6436 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6437 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6438 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6440 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6441 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6442 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6443 ** returned.
6445 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6446 int rc = pPager->errCode;
6447 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6448 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6449 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6450 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6451 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6453 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6454 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6455 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6458 return rc;
6462 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zSuper points to the name
6463 ** of a super-journal file that should be written into the individual
6464 ** journal file. zSuper may be NULL, which is interpreted as no
6465 ** super-journal (a single database transaction).
6467 ** This routine ensures that:
6469 ** * The database file change-counter is updated,
6470 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6471 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6472 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6473 ** * the database file synced.
6475 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6476 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6477 ** delete the super-journal file if specified).
6479 ** Note that if zSuper==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6480 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6482 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6483 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6484 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6485 ** journal file in this case.
6487 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6488 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
6489 const char *zSuper, /* If not NULL, the super-journal name */
6490 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6492 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
6494 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6495 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6496 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6497 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6499 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6501 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6502 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6504 /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6505 if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6507 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zSuper=%s nSize=%d\n",
6508 pPager->zFilename, zSuper, pPager->dbSize));
6510 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6511 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6513 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6514 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6515 if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6516 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6517 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any
6518 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */
6519 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6520 }else{
6521 PgHdr *pList;
6522 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6523 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6524 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6525 if( pList==0 ){
6526 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6527 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6528 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6529 pList = pPageOne;
6530 pList->pDirty = 0;
6532 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6533 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6534 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6536 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6537 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6538 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6540 }else{
6541 /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6542 ** should be used. No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6543 ** is enabled.
6545 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6546 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
6547 int bBatch = zSuper==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6548 && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
6549 && !pPager->noSync
6550 && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
6551 #else
6552 # define bBatch 0
6553 #endif
6555 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6556 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6557 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6558 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6559 ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6561 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6562 ** blocks of size page-size, and
6563 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6564 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6566 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6567 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6568 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6569 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6570 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6571 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6572 ** mode.
6574 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6575 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6576 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6577 ** created for this transaction.
6579 if( bBatch==0 ){
6580 PgHdr *pPg;
6581 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6582 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6583 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6585 if( !zSuper && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6586 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6587 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6588 && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6590 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6591 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6592 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6593 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6594 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6596 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6597 }else{
6598 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6599 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6600 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6604 #else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6605 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6606 if( zSuper ){
6607 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6608 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6609 assert( bBatch==0 );
6611 #endif
6612 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6613 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6614 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6616 /* Write the super-journal name into the journal file. If a
6617 ** super-journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6618 ** or if zSuper is NULL (no super-journal), then this call is a no-op.
6620 rc = writeSuperJournal(pPager, zSuper);
6621 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6623 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6624 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6625 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6627 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6628 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6629 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6630 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6631 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6632 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6634 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6635 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6637 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6638 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6639 if( bBatch ){
6640 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6641 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6642 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6643 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6644 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6646 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6647 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6651 if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
6652 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6653 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6654 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6655 goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6657 bBatch = 0;
6658 }else{
6659 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6662 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6664 if( bBatch==0 ){
6665 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6667 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6668 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6669 goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6671 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6673 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6674 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6675 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6676 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6677 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6678 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */
6679 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6680 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6681 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6682 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6683 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6686 /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6687 if( !noSync ){
6688 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zSuper);
6690 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6694 commit_phase_one_exit:
6695 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6696 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6698 return rc;
6703 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6704 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6705 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6706 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6707 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6709 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6710 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6711 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6712 ** irrevocably committed.
6714 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6715 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6717 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6718 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
6720 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6721 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6722 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6723 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6724 pPager->iDataVersion++;
6726 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6727 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6728 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6730 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6732 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6733 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6734 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6736 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6737 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6738 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6739 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6740 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6741 ** to drop any locks either.
6743 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6744 && pPager->exclusiveMode
6745 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6747 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6748 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6749 return SQLITE_OK;
6752 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6753 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 1);
6754 return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6758 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6759 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6760 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6761 ** state if an error occurs.
6763 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6764 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6766 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6768 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6769 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6770 ** was opened, and
6772 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6773 ** rollback at any point in the future.
6775 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6776 ** rollback is successful.
6778 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6779 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6780 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6781 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6783 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6784 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
6785 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6787 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6788 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6789 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6791 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6792 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6793 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6795 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6796 int rc2;
6797 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6798 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 0);
6799 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6800 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6801 int eState = pPager->eState;
6802 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6803 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6804 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6805 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6806 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6808 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6809 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6810 setGetterMethod(pPager);
6811 return rc;
6813 }else{
6814 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6817 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6818 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6819 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6820 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6823 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6824 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6826 return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6830 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE
6831 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6833 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6834 return pPager->readOnly;
6837 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6839 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6841 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6842 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6844 #endif
6847 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6848 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6850 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6851 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6852 + 5*sizeof(void*);
6853 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6854 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6855 + pPager->pageSize;
6859 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6861 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6862 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6865 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6867 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6869 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6870 static int a[11];
6871 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6872 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6873 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6874 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6875 a[4] = pPager->eState;
6876 a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6877 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6878 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6879 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6880 a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6881 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6882 return a;
6884 #endif
6887 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE,
6888 ** or _WRITE+1. The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation
6889 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL. The _SPILL case is not contiguous because
6890 ** it was added later.
6892 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6893 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6894 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6895 ** returning.
6897 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6899 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6900 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6901 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6902 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1
6905 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6906 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6907 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1
6908 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 );
6910 eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT;
6911 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat];
6912 if( reset ){
6913 pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0;
6918 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6920 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6921 return pPager->tempFile;
6925 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6926 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6927 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6928 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6930 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6931 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6932 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6934 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6935 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
6936 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */
6937 int ii; /* Iterator variable */
6938 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6940 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6941 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6942 assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6944 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6945 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6946 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6948 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6949 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6951 if( !aNew ){
6952 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6954 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6955 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6957 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6958 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6959 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6960 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6961 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6962 }else{
6963 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6965 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6966 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6967 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6968 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6970 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6971 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6973 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6975 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6976 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6977 return rc;
6979 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6980 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6981 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6983 if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6984 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6985 }else{
6986 return SQLITE_OK;
6992 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6993 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6994 ** created savepoint.
6996 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6997 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6998 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6999 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
7001 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
7002 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
7003 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
7004 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
7005 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
7007 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
7008 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
7009 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
7010 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
7011 ** contents of the database to its original state.
7013 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
7014 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
7015 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
7017 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
7018 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
7019 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
7021 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
7022 int rc = pPager->errCode;
7024 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7025 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
7026 #endif
7028 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
7029 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
7031 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
7032 int ii; /* Iterator variable */
7033 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
7035 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
7036 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
7037 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
7039 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
7040 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
7041 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
7043 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
7045 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
7046 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
7047 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
7048 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
7049 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
7050 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
7051 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
7052 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7054 pPager->nSubRec = 0;
7057 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
7058 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
7059 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
7060 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
7062 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
7063 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
7064 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
7065 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
7068 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7069 /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
7070 ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
7071 ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
7072 ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */
7073 else if(
7074 pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7075 && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7077 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
7078 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
7079 setGetterMethod(pPager);
7081 #endif
7084 return rc;
7088 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
7090 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
7091 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
7092 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
7093 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
7094 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
7095 ** participate in shared-cache.
7097 ** The return value to this routine is always safe to use with
7098 ** sqlite3_uri_parameter() and sqlite3_filename_database() and friends.
7100 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
7101 static const char zFake[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
7102 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? &zFake[4] : pPager->zFilename;
7106 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
7108 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
7109 return pPager->pVfs;
7113 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
7114 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has
7115 ** not yet been opened.
7117 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
7118 return pPager->fd;
7122 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
7123 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
7125 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
7126 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7127 return pPager->jfd;
7128 #else
7129 return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
7130 #endif
7134 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
7136 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
7137 return pPager->zJournal;
7140 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
7141 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
7143 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
7145 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
7146 Pager *pPager,
7147 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
7148 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
7149 void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
7150 void *pCodec
7152 if( pPager->xCodecFree ){
7153 pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
7154 }else{
7155 pager_reset(pPager);
7157 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
7158 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
7159 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
7160 pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
7161 setGetterMethod(pPager);
7162 pagerReportSize(pPager);
7164 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
7165 return pPager->pCodec;
7169 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
7170 ** into the log file.
7172 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
7173 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
7175 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
7176 void *aData = 0;
7177 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
7178 return aData;
7182 ** Return the current pager state
7184 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
7185 return pPager->eState;
7187 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
7188 /* END SQLCIPHER */
7190 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7192 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7194 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7195 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7196 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7197 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7199 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7200 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7201 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7203 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7204 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7205 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7206 ** transaction is active).
7208 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7209 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7210 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7211 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7213 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7214 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7216 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
7217 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */
7218 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7219 int rc; /* Return code */
7220 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */
7222 assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
7223 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7224 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7226 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7228 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7229 ** the page we are moving from.
7231 assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
7232 if( pPager->tempFile ){
7233 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
7234 if( rc ) return rc;
7237 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7238 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7239 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7241 ** BEGIN;
7242 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7243 ** SAVEPOINT one;
7244 ** <Move page X to location Y>
7245 ** ROLLBACK TO one;
7247 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7248 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7249 ** statement were is processed.
7251 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7252 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7253 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7255 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
7256 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
7258 return rc;
7261 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7262 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
7263 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
7265 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7266 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7268 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7269 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7270 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7272 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
7273 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
7274 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
7275 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
7276 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
7279 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7280 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7281 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7282 ** for the page moved there.
7284 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7285 pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7286 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 || CORRUPT_DB );
7287 if( pPgOld ){
7288 if( pPgOld->nRef>1 ){
7289 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7290 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
7292 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7293 if( pPager->tempFile ){
7294 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7295 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */
7296 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7297 }else{
7298 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7302 origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7303 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7304 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7306 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7307 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld
7308 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7310 if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7311 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7312 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7315 if( needSyncPgno ){
7316 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7317 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7318 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7319 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7320 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7321 ** flag.
7323 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7324 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7325 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7326 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7327 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7328 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7330 PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7331 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7332 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7333 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7334 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7335 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7337 return rc;
7339 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7340 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7341 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7344 return SQLITE_OK;
7346 #endif
7349 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7350 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7351 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7352 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7354 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7355 assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7356 pPg->flags = flags;
7357 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7361 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7363 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7364 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7365 return pPg->pData;
7369 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7370 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7372 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7373 return pPg->pExtra;
7377 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7378 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7379 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7380 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7382 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7383 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7384 ** locking-mode.
7386 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7387 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7388 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7389 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7390 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7391 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7392 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7393 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7394 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7396 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7400 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7402 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7403 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7404 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7405 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7406 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7407 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7409 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7410 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7412 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7413 ** or _MEMORY.
7415 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7417 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7419 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7420 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */
7422 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7423 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7424 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7425 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7426 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7427 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7428 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7430 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7431 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7432 ** to WAL mode.
7434 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7436 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7437 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7439 if( MEMDB ){
7440 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7441 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7442 eMode = eOld;
7446 if( eMode!=eOld ){
7448 /* Change the journal mode. */
7449 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7450 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7452 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7453 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7454 ** delete the journal file.
7456 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7457 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7458 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7459 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7460 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7461 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7463 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7464 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7466 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7467 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7468 ** here is an optimization only.
7470 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7471 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7472 ** while it is in use by some other client.
7474 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7475 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7476 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7477 }else{
7478 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7479 int state = pPager->eState;
7480 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7481 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7482 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7484 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7485 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7486 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7488 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7489 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7491 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7492 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7493 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7494 pager_unlock(pPager);
7496 assert( state==pPager->eState );
7498 }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7499 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7503 /* Return the new journal mode */
7504 return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7508 ** Return the current journal mode.
7510 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7511 return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7515 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7516 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7517 ** is unmodified.
7519 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7520 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7521 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7522 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7523 return 1;
7527 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7529 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7530 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7532 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7533 if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7534 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7535 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7537 return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7541 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7542 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7543 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7544 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7546 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7547 return &pPager->pBackup;
7550 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7552 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7554 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7555 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7556 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7558 #endif
7561 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7563 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7564 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7565 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7567 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7569 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7570 Pager *pPager, /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7571 sqlite3 *db, /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7572 int eMode, /* Type of checkpoint */
7573 int *pnLog, /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7574 int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7576 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7577 if( pPager->pWal ){
7578 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7579 (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7580 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7581 pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7582 pnLog, pnCkpt
7585 return rc;
7588 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7589 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7593 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7594 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7596 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7597 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7598 if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7599 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7603 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7604 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7606 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7607 int rc; /* Return code */
7609 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7610 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7611 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7612 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7613 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */
7614 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7617 return rc;
7621 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7622 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7623 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7624 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7626 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7627 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7629 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7630 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7632 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7633 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7634 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7635 ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7637 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7638 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7641 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7642 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7644 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7645 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7646 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7647 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7650 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7652 return rc;
7657 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7658 ** this function.
7660 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7661 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7662 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7663 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7664 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7665 ** not modified in either case.
7667 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7668 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7669 ** without doing anything.
7671 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7672 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
7673 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7675 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
7677 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7678 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen );
7679 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7680 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7681 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7683 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7684 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7686 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7687 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7689 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7690 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7691 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7692 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7694 }else{
7695 *pbOpen = 1;
7698 return rc;
7702 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7703 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7705 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7706 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7707 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7708 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7710 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7711 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7713 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7715 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7716 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7717 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7719 if( !pPager->pWal ){
7720 int logexists = 0;
7721 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7722 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7723 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7724 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7727 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7728 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7732 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7733 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7735 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7736 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7737 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7738 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags,
7739 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7740 pPager->pWal = 0;
7741 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7742 if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7745 return rc;
7748 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
7750 ** If pager pPager is a wal-mode database not in exclusive locking mode,
7751 ** invoke the sqlite3WalWriteLock() function on the associated Wal object
7752 ** with the same db and bLock parameters as were passed to this function.
7753 ** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
7755 int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager *pPager, int bLock){
7756 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7757 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->exclusiveMode==0 ){
7758 rc = sqlite3WalWriteLock(pPager->pWal, bLock);
7760 return rc;
7764 ** Set the database handle used by the wal layer to determine if
7765 ** blocking locks are required.
7767 void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7768 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
7769 sqlite3WalDb(pPager->pWal, db);
7772 #endif
7774 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7776 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7777 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7779 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7780 int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7781 if( pPager->pWal ){
7782 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7784 return rc;
7788 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7789 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7790 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7792 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(
7793 Pager *pPager,
7794 sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot
7796 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7797 if( pPager->pWal ){
7798 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7799 }else{
7800 rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7802 return rc;
7806 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7807 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7809 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7810 int rc;
7811 if( pPager->pWal ){
7812 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7813 }else{
7814 rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7816 return rc;
7820 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database.
7821 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise,
7822 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then
7823 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
7824 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned.
7826 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if
7827 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error
7828 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER
7829 ** lock is released before returning.
7831 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7832 int rc;
7833 if( pPager->pWal ){
7834 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7835 }else{
7836 rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7838 return rc;
7842 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to
7843 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck().
7845 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){
7846 assert( pPager->pWal );
7847 sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal);
7850 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7851 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7853 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7855 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7856 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7857 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7858 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7859 ** is empty, return 0.
7861 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7862 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7863 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7865 #endif
7867 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7869 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
7870 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
7872 int sqlite3pager_is_mj_pgno(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno) {
7873 return (PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) == pgno) ? 1 : 0;
7876 void sqlite3pager_error(Pager *pPager, int error) {
7877 pPager->errCode = error;
7878 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
7879 setGetterMethod(pPager);
7882 void sqlite3pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
7883 pager_reset(pPager);
7886 #endif
7887 /* END SQLCIPHER */